artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 158,397 records of 158,397 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 141,001 – 142,000 of 158,397 | Next | Last

Ricardo Geoffrey work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Grasse Wolfgang work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Moore Neil work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Ryan Dominic work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Freeman Paul work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Gleeson James work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
visionary artview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Surrealismview full entry
Reference: see Fantastic and visionary art. Foreword by Alan Sisley.
"An Orange Regional Gallery touring exhibition" [To be indexed]
"Global Arts Link, Ipswich 14 June to 3 August 2003, Orange Regional Gallery 8 August to 14 September 2003, Manning Regional Gallery 18 March to 18 April 2004, Riddoch Regional Gallery 30 April to 27 June 2004, Ballarat Regional Gallery July 2004." p. 21.
Publishing details: [Orange, N.S.W. : [The Gallery, 2003.]
Physical Description
21 pages : colour illustrations
Women artists : works from the permanent collectionview full entry
Reference: Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists. Includes artist biographies [to be indexed]

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Ref: 143
University of Melbourne collectionview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
University of Melbourne collectionview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Aitken Yvonne 1950sview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Alsop Edith 1871-1951view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Baker Dorothy b1914view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Bellette Jeanview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Boag Yvonneview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Brook Clareview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Bryans Linaview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Cohn Olaview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Davidson Bessieview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Docking Shayview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Dyason Diana b1919view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Eager Helenview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Graham Anneview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Grainger Ella Viola Strom (wife of Percy)view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Strom Ella Viola later Grainger (wife of Percy)view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Gregory Inaview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Hester Joyview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Hodgkins Francesview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Hope Emily 1944-1979view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Jenkins Constance 1890-?view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Kemp Michel b1951view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Kerley Lucyview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
King Ingeview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Lahey Vida 1883-1968view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Lawrence Betty b1924view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Leveson-Mears Sandraview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Macqueen Maryview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
May Maggieview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Ogilvie Helenview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Proctor Theaview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Riemsdyke Fran van b1952view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Rubbo Ellen 1911-77view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Shatin Georgina 1950sview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Sibley Irena b1944view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Stokes Constance b1906view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Stones Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Syme Evelyn 1888-1961view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Teague Violet 1872-1951view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Traill Jessie 1881-1967view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Traill Margaret view full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Waller Christianview full entry
Reference: see Women artists : works from the permanent collection. Exhibition July 26 - August 30, 1983. Introduction by Naomi Cass. Includes biographies on the artists.

Publishing details: University Gallery, University of Melbourne, 1983 
15 p.
Reiser William 1888view full entry
Reference: see Lotus International Auctions, LLC, Guilford, USA, 24.12.21. lot 153: William Reiser, Herberlon , Australia, info on. verso Frame size: 13.50 x 16.75, dated 1888 on verso..
Hoditz Arthur Polzer view full entry
Reference: see Lotus International Auctions, LLC, Guilford, USA, 24.12.21. lot 50:
Arthur Polzer Hoditz. Coastline scene with water,rocks, and trees .. Title: Australia coastline. Medium: Oil on Canvas. Size: 21.75 X 29.25 in. Signature: SLR. Artist: Arthur Polzer Hoditz. Unframed.
Ready set go - sporting lifeview full entry
Reference: Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 143
sport in artview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Dooney Hazel work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Hoffie Pat work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Fullbrook Sam work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Dickerson Robert work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Gerber Matthys work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Woodhouse Frederick 1858 work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Gill S T cover for sheet music illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Haysom Meville work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Emery William Francis 1861 work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Tanner Edwin work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Brack John work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Carson Steven photograph illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Dupain Max photograph illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Neville-Rolfe Harriet Jane 1884 work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Proctor Thea work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Streeton Arthur the National Game illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
de Maistre Roy work illustratedview full entry
Reference: see Ready, set ... go ! : sporting life + Australian life : Ready, set ... go ! : an exhibition of sporting life and Australian art. Some biographical information on artists within text. Essays by:
Rodney James,
Morrell, Timothy
Rutherford, Margaret
Tatz, Colin
Smith, Amanda
Global Arts Link (Ipswich)
Publishing details: Ipswich : Global Arts Link. 55 p. : ill. (some col.)
Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspectsview full entry
Reference: Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
Ref: 143
Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962view full entry
Reference: see Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
figurative painting 1942-1962view full entry
Reference: see Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
Smith Bernardview full entry
Reference: see Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
Smith Terry as curatorview full entry
Reference: see Two commentaries on the exhibition Aspects of Australian figurative painting 1942-1962 - dreams, fears and desires, by Bernard Smith.
Publishing details: Power Institute of Fine Arts, University of Sydney, 1984. 12 p.
Australian women artists and the illustrated bookview full entry
Reference: Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ref: 143
women artists and the illustrated bookview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
book illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rowan Ellisview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
O’Harris Pixieview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Outhwaite Ida Rentoul 1888-1960view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Wall Dorothy 1894-1942view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Durack Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Waller Christian 1895-1956view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Lind Rubyview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Lindsay Rubyview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Elder Jean b1915view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Maltby Peg 1889-1984view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Gibbs May 1877-1969view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Melrose Genevieve b1944view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Paterson Esther 1892-1971view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Macarthur-Onslow Annette b1933view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Birmingham Karna 1900-1987view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Pellow Emily Harriet 1877-1941view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Stones Margaret b1920view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Meredith Louisa Anne 1812-1895view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Thomson Estelleview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Scott Helena 1832-1910view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
de Mole Fanny Elizabeth 1835-1866view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Scott Harriett 1830-1907view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Medland Lilian 1880-1955view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Lissenden Anneview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Fleay Maude Glover 1869-1965view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ganf Rosemary Woodford b1949view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Spowers Ethelview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
McGrath Eileenview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Harris Mary Packer 1891-1978view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Roberts Janeview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Prinsep Elizabeth Acworth 1804 - 1895 later Beachcroftview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Beachcroft nee Prinsep Elizabeth Acworth 1804 - 1895 view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Mundy Louisa Catherine Georginaview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Teague Violet 1872-1951view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rede Geraldineview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Wood Marjorieview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Sandor Eva b1924view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ogilvie Helen 1902-1993view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Coleman Constance b1903view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Crane Olive 1895-1935view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rodway Florence 1895-1935view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Loughran Maureenview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Kubbos Eva b1928view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Binns Vivienne b1940view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Tuckwell Louise b1963view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Headlam Kristen b1953view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Mort Eirene 1879-1978view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Keller Kayview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Graham Anne b1925view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Turner Beth b1946view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ohlsson Bridget b1960view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Blake Kerry b1959view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Boyd Hermiaview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Watts Kay b1946view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Campbell Cressida b1960view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Brown-Rrap Julie b1950view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rrap Julie b1950 see Brown-Rrapview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Gower Elizabeth b1950view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Howard Melanie b1952view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Conder Pamela b1955view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Young Noela b1930view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Morimoto Junko b1932view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Lacis Astra b1937view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Thorpe Lesbia b1919view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Hope Emily 1940-1979view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ungunmerr Miriam-Roseview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Sibley Irena b1944view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Webb Phillipaview full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Ryder Mona b1945view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Rodriguez Judith b1936view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Dahl Astrid b1944view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Brown Aileen b1946view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Fiveash Rosa Catherine 1855-1938view full entry
Reference: see Australian women artists and the illustrated book : an exhibition from the Library's Special Collections. Includes brief biographies of artists. Curator: Margaret C. Murphy.
Catalogue of an exhibition held 6 March - 26 May 1995, First Floor Display Area, Baillieu Library, University of Melbourne.

Publishing details: University of Melbourne Library, 1995. [38] p. : ill.
Birds - a National Library of Australia exhibitionview full entry
Reference: Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Ref: 143
Rede Geraldine 1874-1943 illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Medland Lilian Marguerite 1880-1955 illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Gould Johnview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Lewin John William illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Lewin John William lyrebird illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Clark John Heaviside illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Preston Margaret illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Friend Donald illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Lindsay Lionel illustrationview full entry
Reference: see Birds! : a National Library of Australia exhibition. Guest curator: Elizabeth Lawson.
Includes bibliographical references (page 8). Some biographical information on artists within text. Published in conjunction with the exhibition of the same name held 1 March-30 June 1999 at the National Library of Australia.


Publishing details: NLA, 1999, 12 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Exploration and Transformationview full entry
Reference: Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Ref: 143
travel artview full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Piron after p28view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
de Sainson Louis Auguste p21-3view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Clause Frederick Rushbrook 1828 Perthview full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Dale Robert p18-20view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Martens Conrad p27-8view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
von Guerard Eugene p31-2view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Forrest Margaret Elvira Lady 1844-1929 p25-6view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Drysdale Russellview full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Streeton Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Garling Frederick p17 and 27view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Chapman William Neate p23view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Cllark John Heaviside p23view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Eyre John p23-5view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Samson Horace c1817-c1906 p28view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Taylor Major c1785-1829 p29view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Westall William 1781-1850 p32view full entry
Reference: see Exploration and transformation : Australian landscape and artistic imagination / [curator and editor, Belinda Carrigan ; essay by Jane Clark]. Includes biographical entries on artists. Held: This publication supports the inaugeral exhibition for the Holmes à Court Gallery, 4 February - 16 March 2000.
Includes bibliographical references (p. 15-16)
Publishing details: Holmes à Court Gallery, Perth, W.A. Heytesbury, c2000.
34 p. : col. ill.
Supernatural natural image Theview full entry
Reference: The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.
Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 143
Realism view full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Alpar Kathyview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Boynes Robertview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Corlett Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Cook William Delafieldview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
David Graemeview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
de Zan Ermesview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Durrant Ivanview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Hopkins Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Moss Patrickview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Oldfield Alanview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Robinson Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Sandler Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Schomaly Alberrview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Smart Jeffreyview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Sweeney Kevinview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Turner Darylview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Watkins Julieview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Walters Wesview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Watson Jennyview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
Westwood Bryanview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
New Realismview full entry
Reference: see The Supernatural natural image. Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Geelong Art Art Gallery, Ballarat Fine Art Gallery and the McClelland Gallery. Curated by Katrina Rumley and Ron Radford. Biographical information on artists.

Publishing details: Ballarat : Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, 1974. [12] leaves : ill. (some col.)
seventies artview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Parr Mike view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Rooney Robert view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Ely Bonita view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Tyndall Peter view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Brack John view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Orr Jillview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Booth Peter view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Watson Jenny view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Stelarcview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Larter Richard view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Leslie Kerrie view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Parks Ti view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Searle Ken view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Danko Aleks view full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Unsworth Kenview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Waller Ruthview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Wolseley Johnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Tuckson Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Tillers Imantsview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Stuart Guyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Silverman Lynnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Schoenbaum Samview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Sansom Garethview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Robertson Toniview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Partos Paulview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Parr Bobview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Owen Robertview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Nixon Johnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Murray-White Cliveview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Mortensen Kevinview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Maddock Beaview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
McMahon Marieview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
MacKinolty Chipsview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
McGillick Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Lendon Nigelview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Latimer Bruceview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Kennedy Peterview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Johnson Timview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Jenyns Robertview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Hunter Robertview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Hickey Daleview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Grounds Marrview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Grounds Joanview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Gregory Billview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Earthworks Collectiveview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Dodd Margaretview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Eager Helenview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
de Clario Domenicoview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Davis Johnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Davies Isabelview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Creaser Marleeview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Clements Billview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Christmann Jennyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Burns Timview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Coleing Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Burn Iamview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Ramsden Melview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Armstrong Johnview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Binns Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Balsaitas Jonasview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Baldessin Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Allen Mickyview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Archer Hilaryview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Arkley Howardview full entry
Reference: see Off the wall, in the air : a seventies’ selection. Includes the essays :
Living in the seventies / Charles Green
Desire and discontent: performance art in the 1970s / Anne Marsh
Off the wall/in the air / Jennifer Phipps. Some biographical information on artists throughout text but no biographical entries. 145 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Monash University Gallery in association with the Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [1991]. Quarto, lettered wrappers, pp. 48, illustrated.
Klippel Robert view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Salkauskas Henry view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Kubbos Eva view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Tony Tuckson view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Lambert Ron view full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Lynn Elwynview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Balson Ralphview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Smith Ericview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Lewers Margoview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Upward Peterview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Rapotec Stanislausview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Hessing Leonardview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Gleghorn Tomview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Hill Darylview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Coburn Johnview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Reddington Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Hughes Robertview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Plate Carlview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Gilliland Hectorview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Taylor Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Hodgkinson Frankview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Milgate Rodneyview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Curtis Bobview full entry
Reference: see Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Duncan Miss ornamental screen 1896view full entry
Reference: see George Lance - Artist Of Premier Town: an Exhibition Of Paintings By George Lance (1833-1901), Morris, Bruce (research). This exhibition had 7 of Lance's oil paintings and 32 watercolours as well as 12 other works that were related to him.
Publishing details: Published by Warrnambool Art Gallery Warrnambool 1980, 12pp, 4 b/w illusts, stapled paperback
Runge Julius 1896view full entry
Reference: see George Lance - Artist Of Premier Town: an Exhibition Of Paintings By George Lance (1833-1901), Morris, Bruce (research). This exhibition had 7 of Lance's oil paintings and 32 watercolours as well as 12 other works that were related to him.
Publishing details: Published by Warrnambool Art Gallery Warrnambool 1980, 12pp, 4 b/w illusts, stapled paperback
Lance Edith daughter of Georgeview full entry
Reference: see George Lance - Artist Of Premier Town: an Exhibition Of Paintings By George Lance (1833-1901), Morris, Bruce (research). This exhibition had 7 of Lance's oil paintings and 32 watercolours as well as 12 other works that were related to him.
Publishing details: Published by Warrnambool Art Gallery Warrnambool 1980, 12pp, 4 b/w illusts, stapled paperback
Portia S Geach Memorial Awardview full entry
Reference: Portia S Geach Memorial Award, exhibition catalogue 2021, includes list of past winners of the award together with a list of 2021 finalists. [All winners to be indexed].
Publishing details: S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2021, 4pp stapled sheets.
Ref: 143
Geach Portia see Portia S Geach Memorial Awardview full entry
Reference: Portia S Geach Memorial Award, exhibition catalogue 2021, includes list of past winners of the award together with a list of 2021 finalists. [All winners to be indexed].
Publishing details: S. H. Ervin Gallery, 2021, 4pp stapled sheets.
Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980view full entry
Reference: Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Women artistsview full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Allan Kate exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Alston E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Anderson M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Anderson Madge exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Aitkin Catherine exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Baker Christina Asquith exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Baker Dorothy exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bale A M E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Ballard Kath exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bant Rosemary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barlow Elsie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barnes Kathleen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barnes Lesley exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barrett M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Barrett I exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Baxter Joy exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Baskerville Margaret exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Beckett Clarice exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bennett Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Benwell Margaret exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bishop Ethel A exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bonny B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bourne Shirley exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Box Miss exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Brabant Rosemary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Brown Lois exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Brilliant Ruth exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Bryans Lina exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Burgess Florence exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Burrows E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Cade Blanche exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Casey Maie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Clayfield Nell exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Cohn Ola exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Cochrane S exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Colquhoun Beatrix exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Colquhoun Amalie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Colquhoun Elizabeth exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Corbert-Jones L exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Correll U exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Craig Sybil exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Crook Ethel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Crombie Peggy exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Cummins C exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Currie Edith exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Dade Freya exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Davis B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Dearling Florence A exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Dent Aileen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Denton Enid exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Downing Edith exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Dunn Eleanor exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Eager E Eden exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fairley L exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fleay Glover exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fox Ethel Carrick exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fox Ivy Burton exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Francis Dorothea exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Freeman Madge exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fulwood-Watson Nina exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Fric Frederyka exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gates Annie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
George May Butler exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gordon E McGregor exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gosman J A exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gowdie Tina exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Graham Anne exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Graham Patricia exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gray Jean exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Grigg May exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Grist M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gulliver H M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gurdon Nora exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Gude Nornie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Harris Mary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Harvey Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Harvis Looie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hatfield Isabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Henry Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hinchcliffe D exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hobart June exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Holgate M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Holland Constance exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Houghton Audrey exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hullick Rosemary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hurry Polly exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Huntington Isabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hutchinson Inez exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hyett Lois exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Hylton Bravo exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Ivers Janet exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Irving H exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Joachim Maisie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Jackman Hilary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Jones Marion exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Kannaluik Emily exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Kerridge Barbara exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Kelly I exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Knox Ida F exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Knox Isabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Konig J exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lahey Vida exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lakeland E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lane Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Langley Betty J exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lascelles Jean exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Laver Jessie B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Leber Ruth exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Leschkau Gretchen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Levi Sara exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lewis Hilary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Lormer M Eily exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Macartney Mavis exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McCubbin Sheila exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McCubbin Winifred exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McGowan Maidie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McInnes Violet exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Macintosh Jessie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McLean Margaret exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McLean Rita exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
McLeash Mary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Macqueen Mary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Mahood Marguerite exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Mathews Marjorie McChesney exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Malcolm Joan exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Massey Rosemary exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Merfield Bertha exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Meilerts Ludmilla exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Meier Joyce exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Mimovich Leopoldine exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Minchin Helen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Misso Yona exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Montgomery Anne exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Moore Dorothy G exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Morrison Vera exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Mosig Marjorie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Newman Betty Paterson exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Nielson A exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Nielson Jennie L exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
North Marjorie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Nicholas Hilda Rix exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Oakley A E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Ogilvie Helen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Oliver Annie Davidson exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Olsen Betty exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Paddick Roma exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Padgam Meg exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Paterson Betty exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Paterson Esther exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Paterson N M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Patterson Nellie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Peake Barbara exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pearcey Eileen B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Perrey Judith M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Perry A E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pestell Margaret exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Peters Helen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Phillips R exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Philip Enid exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Phillips Amelia exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Plante Ada M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pitts D exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pratt B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pryde Mabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Pye Mabel exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Rastrick Liz exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Roach Elma exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Riggall Louise B exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Roberts Sheila exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Roberts Roberta exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Rodway Florence exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Robison Edith exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Rubbo Ellen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Serle Dora Beatrice exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Saunders F exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Sinclair Lesley exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Smith Ena exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Southern Clara exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Spowers E exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Stephenson June exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Stevenson Grace H exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Stewart Janet Cumbrae exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Stone Daisy exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Sutherland Jean exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Sutton Alicia exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Syme Evelyn exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Symonds D exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Taylor Charlotte exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Taylor Stephanie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Teague Violet exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thomas Lynette exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thomas Louise exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thompson Joyce exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thomson Rollo exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thorn Ella exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Thorpe Lesbia exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Tompkins D exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Trahair Heloisa exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Traile J C A Jessie exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Trickett Ellen exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Tweddle Isabel Hunter exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Turner Kit exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Van Stavern I exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Vercoe Elfrida M exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Wade Eve exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Wahlers Chrisma exhibited with Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors view full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980. Includes list of exhibits at the 1980 exhibition and a lost of ‘Members wh have exhibited with the Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors’.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Women Painters and Sculptors Melbourneview full entry
Reference: see Melbourne Society of Women Painters and Sculptors 1901-1980, A Survey of Exhibiting Members. At The McClelland Gallery. Exhibition 9 march - 20 April, 1980.
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery.
[Frankston, Vic. 1980.16 pages.
Shadbolt Lukeview full entry
Reference: Maelstrom - Luke Shadbolt. Maelstrom is Luke Shadbolt's first major publication, surveying photographs that have informed the artists first five years of practice. Set at a limited edition of 1500, each edition of this book is hand numbered and signed by the artist. [’Luke Shadbolt’s consuming passion for the ocean gave him the privilege of spending his formative years travelling between remote natural areas and densely populated environments, affording him an empathetic insight into the interconnectedness of the world we inhabit.
His sculptural, abstract photography examines the duality of nature, of language, and sense of place with a specific focus on the oceans. Exploring the exchange, cycle and balance of power fundamental to the functioning of our planet, Shadbolt aims to renew an awareness and appreciation of the environment.

Shadbolt currently spreads his time between his fine art practice and commercial photography/creative direction, with an emphasis on underwater photography, action sports, travel, lifestyle and fashion.
Luke Shadbolt is a Central Coast based artist who studied Visual Communication at the University of Newcastle. He has recently secured covers of Surfing World and the QANTAS Magazine and worked with commercial and editorial clients including Audi, Tourism Australia, Nikon and SK-II. His first major solo exhibition as a visual artist was staged by Michael Reid Sydney in 2016.’]
Publishing details: 2021
Ref: 1000
South Australian Institute essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
colonial art essay p45-51view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wilson Thomas art connoisseur in Adelaide essay p56-60view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
printmaking in Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Photographic Society South Australia 1885-1910 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Artists Association South Australia 1887-8 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
South Australian Artists Association 1887-8 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Adelaide Art Circle 1890-92 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Federal Art Exhibitions 1898-1908 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Smoke Nights Adelaide 1903-8 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Eddy Margaret A illustration p xixview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
von Harritzsch Otto silversmith illustration p 27view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Adamson James Hazel illustration p 28 53view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gill S T illustrations p 36 50 53view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hitchin J after E A Opie illustration p 44view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Opie E A illustration p 44 lithograph by J Hitchinview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Deering John W illustration p 52 and some biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Angas George French illustration p 54-5view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Howard Frank illustration p 56view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wilson Thomas reference p 56view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Keane James illustrations p 67 94view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hambidge Millicent illustration p 71 103view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Solomon Saul photograph p79 and 80view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Duryea Townsen photographs p79view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Reynolds George A illustration p 84view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Broad Alfred Scott illustration p 85view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wadham William J illustration p 86 and biographical infoview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Sinclair Alfred illustrations p 86 and biographical infoview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Fristrom Carl Magnus Oscar 1856-1918 illustrations p 92 member of Easel Clubview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Anson Emily illustration p 92 with brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Ashton James illustration p 92 101view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
MacCormack Andrew illustration p 93view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Burford Frederick Rumsay Richardson illustration p 93 with brief biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wall C illustration p 94view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gill Harry P illustration p 102view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
White John illustration p 94view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gordon Peter woodworker illustration p 102view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Scott Winifred illustrations p 102view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Boothby Mabel illustration p 102view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Comley Reginald illustration p 104view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Buring Rudi illustrations p 106 107view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Howie Lawrence illustration p 110view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Coates Vera illustration p 112view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Dudley Rodview full entry
Reference: ROD DUDLEY: Sculptures and Paintings.
An Australian artist's life in Italy.
Publishing details: Rod Dudley, 2010.
Oblong 4to, 131pp. Colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Jandany Hectorview full entry
Reference: HECTOR JANDANY.

Publishing details: Warmun Art Center, 2004.
Small square 8vo, 85pp. Colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Modernismview full entry
Reference: 1956 MELBOURNE, MODERNITY AND THE XVI OLYMPIAD.

Publishing details: Museum of Modern Art at Heide, 1996.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
South Australian artview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
sculpture at the Royal South Australian Society of Artsview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
sculptors at the Royal South Australian Society of Artsview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Maxwell William James sculptor 1840-1902 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
women artists in South Australia essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
printmakers at the Royal South Australian Society of Artsview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Marek Dusan illustration p ixview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Smerd Michael illustration p ix with biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Allnutt Jennifer illustration p xiiview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bettany Desmond illustration p xivview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Petts Charles A illustration p 20view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Shaw James illustration p 20view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Solomon Saul illustration p 20 with biography view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hambidge Helen illustration p 29view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Barnes Gustave illustration p 29 42view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Minchin R E illustration p 28view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pomeroy Frederick W illustration p 30 with biographyview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Buxton Jessamine illustration of sculpture p 30view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fiveash Rosa illustrations p 36 41 wildlowersview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fenton Gertrude illustration p 36 wildflowersview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gemmell Nancy illustration p 39 wildflowersview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hambidge Millicent 4 illustrations p 40view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bosworth Amy illustration p 41 wildflowersview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Overbury Mary A illustrations p 41view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fenton Gertrude illustration p 41view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McNally Matthew J illustration p 42view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gill Harry Pelling illustration p 45view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
White John illustration p 46view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Collins Archibald illustration p 46view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Power Harold Septimus illustration p 48view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Goodchild John C illustration p 49view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Waden Robert illustration p 49view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bowen Stella illustration p 50view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Goodchild Doreen illustration p 50view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hick Jacqueline illustration p 50view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gwynne Marjorie illustration p 53view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
van Raalte Henri illustration p 54 57view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Harris Mary P brief biog p 55view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Britton Frederick C brief biog p 55 illus p57view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pavia Charles brief biog p 56view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wall C illustrations p 56view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Helsby Malcolm illustration p 57view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Carbins Malcolm illustrations p 58 61view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gaston Gary Lee illustration p 58 60view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Baily John illustration p 60view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hick Jacqueline illustration p 61view full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hill Charles 1824-1916 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Shaw James 1815-1881 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
MacCormac Andrew 1826-1918 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
de Mole Fanny 1835-1866 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Overbury Mary 1851-1926 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Collins Archibald 1853-1922essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Fiveash Rosa 1854-1938 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Menpes Mortimer essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hambidge Helen 1857-1938 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hambidge Millicent 1872-1938 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Armstrong Elizabeth 1860-1930 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wadham William J 1863-1950 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wilson Jean L c1860s - c1924 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hambidge Alice 1869-1947 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Tuck Marie 1872-1947 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Lever Richard Hayley 1875-1958 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Heysen Hans essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Barnes Gustave 1877-1921 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Power Harold Septimus 1878-1951 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Davidson Bessie 1879-1965 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Bassett Florence Hildegarde 1888-1948view full entry
Reference: see GFL auction, Perth, WA, 23.11.21, lot 87: FLORENCE HILDEGARDE BASSETT
(1888-1948)
WESTERN AUSTRALIAN WILDFLOWERS (17)
Initialled
Watercolour
various
Scott Peter Markham (English)view full entry
Reference: see GFL auction, Perth, WA, 23.11.21, lot 114: PETER MARKHAM SCOTT (ENGLAND)
(1909-1989)
MALE BRUSH TURKEY SEEN AT LAKE BARRINE ATHERTON TABLELAND
Signed and dated March 1983 lower left, titled lower centre
Ink and gouache
12 x 14.5cm
Jenner Isaac Walter view full entry
Reference: see 'Mosby’s promotion of Isaac Walter Jenner’, by Mahoney, Bronwyn. Art Off Centre: placing Queensland art; Cooke, Glenn (ed.), Queensland Studies Centre pp 65-70.
Publishing details: Griffith University, Brisbane, Qld., 1997.
Adelaide Camera Club essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
photography - Adelaide Camera Club essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Camera Club Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Society of Arts Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gill Harry P essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
White John essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Ashton James essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Davies Edward essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Howie Lawrence H essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wilkie Leslie H essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Arunta Watercolour Artists essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Contemporary Art Society Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Goodchild John C essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Whinnen George essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Goldfinch Duncan essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Grey Frederick M essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Glover Allan essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Beadle Paul essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Dowie John essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Game Stewart essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Lyle Max essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Smith Mervyn essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Boyce Donald essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Marchant Harry essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Manley Elizabeth essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Mincham Jeffrey essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Schrapel Stephanie essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Dutkiewicz Adam essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Steiner Andrew essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Alport Kate essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Griscti Paul essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Shepherd Wendy Jane essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Bills Bev essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Raggatt James essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Waller Vikki essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Macgeorge James office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Abraham Abrahams office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Stodart Henry office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Minchin Richard E as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gold Walter K as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
James Sydney H as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Keane James as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Powell Herbert E as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Soward George K as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Sowden Sir W J as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
van Raalte Henri as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Fuller Henry E as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Buring Rudolph as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Pavia Charles J as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Kohlhagen Lisette as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Woodroffe John as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Jew Betty as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Brett Donna West as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Carapetis Stavros as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Ritter Gerhard as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Landt Robert J W as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Condous John as office bearer - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Craig Robert W 1871-1933 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Venner Mamie 1881-1974 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Henty Ruby 1884-1972 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gum Maude E 1885-1973 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Giles John 1885-1970 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Grigg May 1885-1969 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
McCubbin Louis 1890-1952 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Good Gladys K 1890-1979 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Harris Mary P 1891-1978 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
McNamara Leila 1894-1973 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Roach Gilbert T M 1895-1972 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Raglass Max 1901-81 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Francis Ivor 1906-1993 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Tuck Ruth 1914-2008 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Gemmell Nancy 1914-2011 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hann Marjorie 1916-2011 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Wotzke Walter 1917-1996 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Burke Peg 1917-1996 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Dutkiewicz Wladyslaw 1918-1999 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Hick Jacqueline 1919-1994 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Mart Gordon 1920-2016 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Smart Jeffrey 1921-2013 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Rayner Durham 1926-2015 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Rohde Margaret b1931 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Groblicka Lidia 1933-2012 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Molan June 1935-2015 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Winter Lucie b1940 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Fletcher Pip b1942 as life member - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Kay Robert essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
sculptors at RSASA essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Maxwell William J essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Workers Educational Association Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
printmakers at RSASA essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
McNally M J essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Goodhart Joseph Christian essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Barringer Gwendoline L’Avance - essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Preston Margaret essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Barringer Ethel essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wolff Edward Alfred essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gwynne Marjorie essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gwynne Marjorie essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Lowcay Rose essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Britton Frederick C essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ashton Will essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Black Dorrit essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Richardson Marguerite 1892-1965 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Battarbee Rex essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Boxall Arthur d’Auvergne 1895-1944 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Buxton Jessamine V A 1894-1966 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Waden Robert 1900-1946 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Webber Travis 1900-1968 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Choate Joseph 1900-55 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Goodchild Doreen 1900-98 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Trenerry Horace essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Namatjira Albert essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Sauerbier Kathleen 1903-1991 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Riebe Anton 1905-1986 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Samstag Gordon 1906-1990 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hayward Ursula 1907-1970 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wood Rex 1908-1970 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stipnicks Margarita 1908-2010 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stoward Clive R 1909-68 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Heysen Nora essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Chapman Dora essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Cant James essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Mainwaring Geoffrey R 1912-2000 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fehlberg Tasman 1912-71 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hele Ivor 1912-71 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wreford Elaine 1913-95 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wood Noel 1912-2001 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Dallwitz David 1914-2003 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Caddy Jo essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Elhay Evelyn 1916-2001 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Fehring Hilda 1918-2013 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kidman June 1918-2001 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Marek Voitre 1919-99 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Roberts Douglas 1919-76 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bettany Desmond 1919-76 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Erns Ingrid 1919-87 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bannon Charles essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
James Louis essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Robertson Barbara 1921-2011 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Dutkiewicz Ludwik 1921-2008 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Carbins Malcolm 1921-2002 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Feneley Miriam 1921-1996 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Comport Pip b1922 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pocius Ieva 1923-2010 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hackett Gwenda 1924-2010 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Berekmeri Steve 1924-2010 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kloeden Ruth essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Marek Dusan 1926-1994 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hua Fua essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Brown Geoffrey 1926-2015 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wilson Geoffrey essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Sadlo Alexander essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ostoja-Kotkowski 1927-1994 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ostoja-Kotkowski Stanislaus 1927-1994 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Baily John 1927-2015 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Powell Barbara essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Redman Joy 1928-2006 essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Daws Lawrence essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Seidel Brian essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Chapman Avis essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Richardson Donald essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Pryor Peter essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Perovan Justina essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Michelmore Mary essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Driden David essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Zhang Victor essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Michell Pat essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Adams Ronald essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Olijnyk Leonid essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Heidenreich Judith essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Anderson Betty essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stanfield Silvia essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gore Jenny essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bungey Nyorie essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Phillips Arthur essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Gaston Gary Lee essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Henderson Ian essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hanrahan Barbara essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Prest Cedar essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Mickan Helen essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Scott Joyce essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Choate Penny essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hannaford Robert essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Kouwenhoven Pamela essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Heyer Kon essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Whittam Sheila essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Stacey Helen essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Skillitzi Stephen essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Clegg Heather essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hall Rita essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Braun David W essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Dowie Penny essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Lacey John essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Glover Andrea Num essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bridgland Janet essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Apponyi Silvio essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Steer Cathi essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Andrecki Krystyna essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Downing Lindy essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
de Pieri Salvi Gina essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Magain Maxwell essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Makepeace Jann Louise essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
David Phillip essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Baker David essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Lewitzka Lorraine essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Whitney John essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Johns Greg essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Zerna-Russell Robyn essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Micklethwaite Frey essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Mooney Uta essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Dutkiewicz Michal essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Thomas Avril essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Sheppard Neil essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ramachandran Alan Louis essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hatswell Graeme essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bridgart Cheryl essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Rehorek Ivan essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Rehorek Caroline essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hjorleifson Roger essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Merkalova Liza essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Adil Iroda essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wathers Simon essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Wagstaff Mary essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Eames Scott essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Konoschuck Olga essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ward Emerson essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Esparzo Camilo essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Shepherd Oliver essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Hannaford Tsering essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Ingerson Lisa essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Coles Meaghan essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Blanch Alice essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Bishop-Thorpe Alex essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Christie Donovan essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Allnutt Jennifer essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Thompson Samuel essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Dryden Olivier essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Dixon Jasmine Ann essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Melrose Prize 1921-67 Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Venner Prize 1936-58 Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Jubilee Art Prize Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Cornell Prize Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Maude Vizard Wholohan Prize Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Solar Art Prize Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
RSASA Art Prizes Adelaide essayview full entry
Reference: see A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
Shumack Kayeview full entry
Reference: Kaye Shumack: Drawing Sydney  Exhition
November, 2021. The Drawing Gallery, National Art School.
Kaye Shumack: Drawing Sydney presents a selection of drawings created over the past four to five years by NAS alumna Kaye Shumack, a much-admired member of the NAS community who very sadly has recently passed away. With her acute powers of observation, Shumack’s expressive drawings explore motifs and traces from the urban landscapes of Sydney’s public spaces and streetscapes, revealing the beauty of some of the lesser known, ordinary locales as well as key landmarks.
Publishing details: National Art School, 2021
Ref: 1000
Paterson Bethanyview full entry
Reference: see Gorringes auction, Lewes, United Kingdom, December 7, 2021, lot 394 Bethany Paterson (Australian, fl.1930's)

'Bedtime'
oil on board
signed
Dimensions
20 x 29cm
Artist or Maker
Bethany Paterson (Australian, fl.1930's)
Medium
oil on board
Condition Report
Oil on board in honest untouched condition, would benefit from a light clean, signed lower left, trace on an inscription in lower right corner, housed in a white painted scroll frame, label verso for The Gould Galleries of Victoria Australia
Paterson Betty ? Bethanyview full entry
Reference: see Gorringes auction, Lewes, United Kingdom, December 7, 2021, lot 394 Bethany Paterson (Australian, fl.1930's)

'Bedtime'
oil on board
signed
Dimensions
20 x 29cm
Artist or Maker
Bethany Paterson (Australian, fl.1930's)
Medium
oil on board
Condition Report
Oil on board in honest untouched condition, would benefit from a light clean, signed lower left, trace on an inscription in lower right corner, housed in a white painted scroll frame, label verso for The Gould Galleries of Victoria Australia
Wood J B Atholview full entry
Reference: see DAAO: Modeller, signed an eight and a half inch tall plaster bust of the theatre entrepreneur J.C. Williamson. Modeller, signed an eight and a half inch tall plaster bust of the theatre entrepreneur J.C. Williamson, which is also dated 1 April 1912 (Stephen Scheding collection, 1980s).
Duncan Georgeview full entry
Reference: see DAAO: Painter, was born in New Zealand to Australian parents in 1904; a student of Dattilo Rubbo. Painter, was born in New Zealand to Australian parents uninterested in art on 7 January 1904. Forced to go to work aged 14, he took up a position with an oil company that required him to complete a science and mathematics degree despite always yearning for 'a life of art’. When he discovered the existence of art classed in Australia in his late teens and became a long-term student at Dattilo Rubbo 's classes at the Royal Art Society, where he met Alison Rehfisch , who became his lover. In 1926 he won the Royal Art Society’s student exhibition prize. 6ft 7 ins tall and weighing 20 stone, he was 'the guardian angel of the Royal Art Society. Big, blond [sic], blue-eyed obliging George – if anything went amiss in the place, we said, “Let George do it.” “Let George do it” was the class catchword’ (Power, p.43, quoting Margaret Coen but not acknowledging source). Alison left husband and daughter to go with George to Europe to study and paint. They stayed away five years. In the 1980s Stephen Scheding owned The Fisherman’s Dawn, Concarneau , oil on hessian 50 × 60 cm, signed 'DUNCAN’.
Prints in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index.
Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. [Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Colonial printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index.
Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. [Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Blandowski Williamview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Cogne Francoisview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Bates Daniel love tokenview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Lewin John William extensive information especially p7-20view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Preston Walterview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Barrett Thomas engraved medalview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
forgers of banknotesview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
forgeries of banknotesview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Howe George printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Slagar Philipview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Slaegar see Slagar Philipview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Eyre John extensive informationview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Clayton Samuelview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
West Absalomview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Browne Richardview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Wallis Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Linnell John (English)view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Edgar Edmundview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Carmichael Johnview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Wilson Williamview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Moffitt Williamview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Bock Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Frankland Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Lempriere Thomas Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Allport Mary Mortonview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Ham Brothersview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Fowles Josephview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Stafford Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Ham Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Strutt Williamview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Tulloch Davidview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Bruce Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Jones Williamview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Laing J Wview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Hill T Aview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Mitchell Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Redaway Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
James Redaway & Sonsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Duterrau Bemjaminview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Jones Henry Gilbertview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Thomson Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Nixon Frederick Robertview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Austin Johnview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Ross Jamesview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Goodwin W Lview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Howard G view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Clayton Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Nicholas Williamview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Earle Augustus extensive information p89-102view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Austin J Gview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Rodius Charles extensive information view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Fernyhough Williamview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Russell Robertview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Baker Williamview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Pittman Josephview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Winstanley Edwardview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Gill S T extensive information view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Schramm Alexanderview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Atkinson Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Brown Hablot Knightview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Norrington Thomas lithographerview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Chapman Thomas Evansview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Eaton Henry Green lithographerview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Rae Johnview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Prout John Skinner extensive information view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Austin John Baptistview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Calvert Samuelview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Burgess Ellenview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Dunn J L Sview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Martens Conrad extensive information view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Thomas Edmundview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
von Guerard Eugeneview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Nash Hview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Angas George Frenchview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Becker Ludwigview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Rowe Georgeview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Clarke Cuthbert Charlesview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Gilks Edward lithographer publisherview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Parsons Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Deutsch Hermanview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Shepherd Richardview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Mason Cyrusview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Glover Henry Heathview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Whitelock Nelson Pview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Hamel Juliusview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Hamel & Fergusonview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Perry George view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Gould William lithographer active c1839-57view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Appleton G A lithographer view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Chevalier Nicholas extensive information view full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Morris Alfred & Coview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Alfred Morris & Coview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Piguenit W Cview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Lhotsky Johnview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Schoenfeld Frederickview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Bartholomew Arthurview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Scott Helenaview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Sowerby G Bview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Prout Victorview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Fiveash Roasview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Barrett Hview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Meredith Louis Anneview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Bateman Edward la Trobeview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
de Mole Fannyview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Charlsley Fanny Anneview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Walker Annieview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Rowan Ellisview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Buvelot Louis print afterview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Ford William print afterview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Gully John print afterview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Folingsby George print afterview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Lang Ludwigview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Mason Walter George extensive informationview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Balcombe Thomas print after and lithographerview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Winstanley Edward print afterview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
de Gruchy & Leighview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Woodhouse Frederick print after and lithographerview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Duke Williamview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Hood R V printer publisherview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Woodhouse Herbertview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Broad Alfred Scottview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted
Terry F Cview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images in Colonial Australia 1801 - 1901, by Roger Butler. Includes index. Bibliography: p. 280 - 284. Includes some biographical information on artists within text. Artists whose works are illustrated have been included in this Index.[Publication coincided with exhibition 30 March to 3 June 2007 at the National Gallery of Australia titled The Story of Australian Printmaking 1801- 2005. The exhibition featured works from 1801 to the present and included illustrated books, posters, artists' prints and billboard sized political posters.]
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 294pp, review inserted


First | Previous | Record 141001 – 142000 of 158397 | Next | Last